PARTNERSHIP IN PUBLIC SERVICE: A THEORETICAL
EXPLORATION
Introduction
This paper is intended as a contribution to efforts to improve public services by the
government. One of the most important tasks of government is to provide public services to
the community, therefore government organizations are often referred to as "public service"
(Wasistiono, 2009). Although the tasks and functions of public services are the authority and
responsibility of the government, with the principle of community participation as one of the
pillars of good governance or good governance, the community actually needs to be
involved further in service provision activities, starting from the planning, implementation
and supervision stages. Thus, the dominant paradigm that has tended to view public services
as the obligation and responsibility of the government, while the community is on the
passive side, which only waits and demands to get services, seems to need to be reviewed.
The synergy between the government, the business world and the community allows the
quality of services to improve, because the community itself oversees its implementation.
In developing countries such as in United States, people's welfare depends on their ability to
access and use public services, but the demand for these services generally far exceeds the
government's ability to fulfill them. On the other hand, centralizing all public affairs in the
hands of the state is in reality just rhetoric, as the complexity of public services is impossible
for the government to do alone.
Public demands for quality public services, with clear procedures, carried out promptly
and at a reasonable cost, have continued to come to the fore from time to time. This demand
has grown along with the growing awareness that citizens in The citizens of a democratic
nation-state have a right to be served. It is the duty of government officials to provide
services in accordance with the demands of these citizens. However, what's the matter? The
changes that have occurred during the reform era have not completely changed the order of
people's lives in the field of public services. The hope is still very far away that citizens can
gain ample access to good and quality services. (Larasati, 2008: 255).
According to Miftah Thoha (in Sedarma-Yanti, 2009: 243), public service can be
understood as an effort by a person/group of people, or certain institutions to provide
convenience and assistance to the community in order to achieve certain goals. However, in
order to optimize public services carried out by the government bureaucracy is not an easy
task considering that these efforts involve various aspects that have become a culture in the
government bureaucratic circle. Therefore, the role of the private sector and the community
is expected to complement the government in creating optimal quality public services.
The involvement of the business world (private) and the community in optimizing
public services is of course very supportive in achieving the big goal of Good Governance,
in the concept of Good Governance, the role of the community and the private sector is very
important because of the change in the development paradigm by reviewing the role of
government in development, which originally acted as a regulator and market servant, to
how to create a conducive climate and invest in infrastructure that supports the business
world. Of course, this can be realized if the community and the private sector themselves
have adequate capabilities.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.
Public Service Paradigm Shift
A new paradigm of public administration, This has led to a pattern of relations between the
state and society, which emphasizes the interests of the community. As a result, the state is
required to provide services to the community better and more democratically. A similar
understanding is given by Denhardt that the new public services paradigm is more directed
at "democracy, pride and citizens". Furthermore, it is said that "Public servants do not
delever customer service, they delever democracy" Therefore, the values of democracy,
citizenship and service for the public interest as a fundamental norm in the implementation
of public administration (Larasati, 2008: 260).
Public service is synonymous with the representation of the existence of the government
bureaucracy, because it is directly related to one of the functions of government, namely
providing services. Therefore, the quality of public services is a reflection of the quality of
the government bureaucracy. In the past, the public service paradigm gave a very large role
to the government as the sole provider. The role of parties outside the government never had
a place or was marginalized. The community and the private sector had little role in the
delivery of public services. Therefore, with regard to reforms in the public sector, one of the
important principles that change the paradigm of public services is the principle of steering
rather than rowing. In relation to this principle, the government is expected to play a
steering role rather than a rowing role. The rowing function can be performed more
efficiently by other professionals. This principle explains that the government cannot
continue to work alone, and must begin to change the service paradigm so that the objectives
of service delivery can be better achieved. The ongoing journey of democratization in
United States provides valuable lessons for the government (bureaucracy) and citizens
(citizens). The face and figure of the bureaucracy is now changing from a rigid, upward-
oriented bureaucracy to a bureaucratic one towards a more democratic, responsive,
transparent and participatory bureaucracy.
The term partnership is often interchangeable with many other terms such as
collaboration, alliance, co-production or consortium. These terms are actually a
manifestation of cooperation between individuals or groups that are mutually helpful,
mutually beneficial and jointly alleviate the achievement of the goals they have agreed upon.
This definitional problem is then followed by the fundamental statement that partnership is a
process, a product, an outgrowth or an end result (Borrini-Feyerabend, 1996).
Specifically in the field of public services, the notion of partnership refers to voluntary
and reciprocal support between two or more different public sector bodies. In other words,
between public and private administrations, including nonprofit organizations. The various
sectors provide support to each other in the context of public services that are part of the
government's mission.
The notion of partnership as working together is stated by Hodget & Johson (2001: 323)
that partnerships are directed at achieving goals as desired by individuals, groups,
institutions or organizations to produce meaningful and sustainable outputs. In partnerships,
there are relationships between organizations and with these relationships, cooperation will
be created. The partnership system is based on trust. with its characteristics, among others:
(I) equality and a more streamlined organization: (2) flexible actualization hierarchies
(where power is guided by values such as caring and caretaking); (3) nature-based
spirituality; (4) low levels of chaos built into the system; and (5) gender equality and equity.
Today, this command-and-control model is not only no longer appropriate, it is
becoming increasingly unworkable. Bureaucratic rigidity is deadly to organizations seeking
to navigate effectively in a fast-changing environment where innovation and flexibility are
key factors. In a partnership system, creativity is valued and rewarded. Partnership creativity
does not exclude dramatic creative changes, it also encourages creative relationships and
creative approaches to everyday problems. Everyday creativity in organizations can drive
continuous improvement and quality enhancement, such as new managerial practices, new
rewards, new educational processes, new organizational charts and so on. In addition,
organizations require a type of creativity that needs to be nurtured and encouraged by the
partnership model: the vast and underutilized refuge of social creativity and social
entrepreneurship.
Partnerships seek to involve the community, both in group and individual forms. Vigoda
(2002:527) refers to them as "social players" who have varying degrees of interests,
expertise, resources and decision-making capabilities. Vigoda highlights the ideal condition
of a partnership process in which citizens and the government act as a pair of "partners" in
the decision-making process. Particularly in the service delivery process, citizens should be
treated as partners work, and not as subjects or customers.
Partnership in the perspective of today's inter-organizational relationships was proposed
by Limerick and Cunnington (1993:6). According to them, there are eight in response to the
ever-changing world. The eight dimensions are:
■
Managing global markets;
■
Building a new kind of alliance between the public and private sectors;
■
Balancing competition with collaboration;
■
Drawing investors into the corporate environment;
■
Accepting corporate responsibility;
■
designing new forms of organizations;
■
Integrating sub cultures;
■
Turning every employee into the new millennium.
One of the eight dimensions is designing a new form of organization. The design of the
new form of organization is directed towards changes in several characteristics. First, the
organization moves from independent to inter-dependent forms. Second, the organization
moves from a hierarchical organization to a network organization. Third, it moves from a
participation model to a partnership culture (Taket and White, 2000:13). The new form of
organization in the future is also related to the term partnership in public services. In the
public sector, partnership refers to a situation of mutual support between organizations in the
context of public services. (Taket and White, 2000:14). It is characterized by the following
characteristics:
■
There are at least two institutions different, public sector with private or nonprofit
sector.
■
A written agreement to define the framework of the partnership.
■
There is a purpose (in general public service delivery).
■
There is a division of responsibilities consisting of sharing risks, resources, costs, and
benefits, both tangible and intangible.
From this definition, the elements of partnership can be mentioned as follows:
voluntariness, cooperation, efforts towards sustainable development, efficient allocation of
complementary resources, and involvement of the corporate sector, civil society groups and
government. If all these elements are present, then the potential for the implementation of an
excellent development program is sufficient.
The purpose and benefits of forming a partnership is to achieve better results, by
providing mutual benefits between partnering parties, Hafsah (2000: 54-62) suggests the
benefits that can be obtained in partnerships, some of which are:
■
Partnerships can improve organizational productivity;
■
Partnerships can help organizations achieve goals more efficiently;
■
Partnerships reduce the burden of risk borne by the organization by sharing it;
■
Partnerships have a huge social impact.
There are several requirements for successful partnership working that involve the
interests of all parties involved, namely government agencies and departments and local
communities themselves. Bryden, et al, (1998) propose guidelines for the implementation of
this process, which include training of all parties involved, careful use of language when
interacting with local people, use of examples and links, accountability and open
governance, breaking down goals into achievable tasks, feasting on success, keeping local
people informed, and continuous adaptation to deal with changes and new needs. On the
other hand, Agranoff and Mc Guire (2004, 183) add the need for leadership and guiding
skills, because network management is not just a concern or an action taken together but also
the idea of supporting the consensus of the respective organizations.
Public-Private-Community Partnership is a partnership model based on the Best
Sourcing framework. With the Best Sourcing framework, the government can encourage the
private sector-community to be involved in providing certain public services which will
increase the efficiency and effectiveness of services (value for money) and provide a win-
win solution for both the government, the private sector and the community.
Public, Private And Community Partnerships
If we refer to the theory of public goods, then basically public services are the
responsibility of the government in providing them, while for private goods it is the private
sector that provides them. However, in reality there are mixed goods, namely quasi public
goods and quasi private goods. Public services include the provision of pure public, quasi-
public and quasi-private goods. For this category of mixed goods, both the public and
private sectors can provide them. Therefore, to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of
public services, local governments can carry out partnership programs with the private
sector (public private partnership) or can also cooperate with the third sector, namely with
non-profit organizations and NGOs (Mardiasmo, 2004). Furthermore, Nurcholis (2005: 180)
in detail divides the functions of public services into the following areas:
■
Education.
■
Health.
■
Religion.
■
Environment: urban planning, cleanliness, garbage, lighting.
■
Recreation: parks, theaters, museums, tourism.
■
Social.
■
Housing.
■
Cemetery/crematorium.
■
Population registration: births, deaths.
■
Drinking water.
■
Legalities, such as ID cards, passports, certificates, etc.
In practice, the suggested partnership composition for local authorities consists of
(Chapman in Sumartono, 2008):
■
Government institutions
■
Local authorities
■
Private businesses and commercial organizations
■
Community groups
■
Environmental organizations
■
Voluntary groups, and Private individuals.
The form of cooperation between the government and the private sector/community can
be in the form of employment contracts, tenders for the provision of goods or services, or it
can also be Business Process Outsourcing (OECD, 2001). Partnership models that can be
adopted include:
Operation-Maintenance
In Operation-Maintenance, the public sector hires a private organization to perform one or
more public tasks or services for five to seven years. The public sector is still the main
service provider While private organizations perform services that are handed over to
outsiders by the public sector. The private sector must determine which public services are
cost-effective and those services must meet the standards set by the public sector. In general,
the government uses competitive procedures to select the party that carries out the service
contract. The purchase should be based on a shorter implementation time and one that
requires fewer resources (Bennet in Suhartono, 2005: 74).
Build-Operate-Transfer
Build-Operate-Transfer Contract (BOT) is designed to bring private sector investment to
build new infrastructure. Under BOT, the private sector will build, finance, and operate new
infrastructure and new systems that meet government standards. The operating period is
long enough for the private sector to recover construction costs and make a profit. The
operating period is 19-20 years. After the operating period is over, the entire infrastructure is
handed over to the government (Bastian, 2001). The government is the owner of the
infrastructure facility, as well as the consumer and regulator of the service (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005: 75).
Wrap Around Addition
Wrap Around Addition is a partnership between local government and the private sector in
which the private partner funds and builds additional public facilities. The private partner
also operates it for a certain period of time until the private partner's capital is returned plus
a desired profit. This type of partnership can be applied to almost all public infrastructure
and facilities including roads, clean water, waste treatment and so on (Mahmudi, 2007:57).
Lease-Purchase (Leasing)
Lease-Purchase is a type of partnership in which the local government contracts with a
private partner to design, procure and construct facilities for public services. The private
partner then leases the facility to the LGU until ownership of the facility becomes the
property of the government. This is done when the LGU wants to provide service facilities
but is not willing to provide funding. Lease-Buy can be used for capital construction such as
buildings, vehicles, clean water and computer facilities (Mahmudi, 2007:58).
Services Based (Community-Based Provision)
Community-based provision originated when financial constraints prevented the government
from providing sufficient services to the community. Community-based provision
encourages community members to fulfill their own needs. Members of community-based
provision include individuals, families or microenterprises. Often some activities cannot be
recognized or integrated into formal systems. In some cities where the government
recognizes NGOs, NGOs will provide assistance to these non-formal groups in an organized
manner. NGOs provide input to the media management process of negotiations between
CBOs and wider political institutions, networking, and information dissemination (Bennet in
Suhartono, 2005:78).
If this partnership model is applied, there are at least seven possible patterns of
partnership interaction; first, one hundred percent of the arrangements, control and
evaluation are carried out by the government autonomously and independently. Second,
there is interaction between the public sector and the private sector. This interaction occurs
to different degrees, either 99% public and 1% private or 1% public and 99% private. There
are elements that are contracted out (e.g. vehicle maintenance, cleaning) or task-shared
(preventive measures and hydrant construction).
Third, it is possible for the private sector to play a 100% role, with no involvement of
the community and government, meaning that the provision of services is fully managed by
the private sector, with no government involvement in either regulating or providing
facilities.
Fourth, there is interaction between the government and the community. Service facility
staff, for example, are a combination of government professionals and community
volunteers.
Fifth, public services are 100% a community affair. No public or private organization is
involved in planning, procuring and handling such matters.
Sixth, a combination of private, for-profit organizations and non-profit NGOs. Service
delivery institutions may be private, but combined with professionals and citizens. The latter
is a combination of the three pillars of governance: government (public), private and
community. The combination is similar to the public-private interaction but with the
addition of community volunteers (Paskarina, 2007:8).
Every form of partnership has potential advantages and disadvantages. Therefore, good
planning, risk management, and an in-depth assessment of partnership schemes are essential
so that the government is not at a disadvantage and ultimately it is the community that
suffers.
Partnership As A Manifestation Of Good Governance In Public Services
It must be recognized that the implementation of the system Partnership in United States is
still new and not well understood by local policy makers. However, from a number of cases
in regions that have successfully implemented it, it appears that the partnership system can
be a breakthrough for the creation of higher quality service mechanisms and public
bureaucracy reform in United States. Partnerships in public services are clearly in line with
the idea of good governance because the basic principle of governance is the involvement of
three parties in the service process, namely local government, elements of the private sector,
and elements of the community as service users.
Theoretically stated by Tascereu and Campos (Thoha, 2003: 63), good governance is a
condition that ensures the process of alignment, equality, cohesion and balance of roles and
participation, mutual control carried out by components namely government (government),
people (citizen) or civil society and business (business) in the private sector. The three
components have the same and equal relationship.
If the degree of equality is not comparable or not proven, there will be a bias from good
governance. Therefore, in the context of good governance, the government is placed as a
facilitator or catalyst, while the task of promoting and overseeing the development
implementation process lies with all state components, including private groups (the
business world) and civil society which includes political infrastructure groups (Non-
Governmental Organizations-NGOs, pressure groups, political parties, universities and other
community organizations). On this basis, to realize good governance is actually how to build
partnerships and good communication between these three actors.
The term governance has actually been known in administrative and political science
literature for almost 120 years, since Woodrow Wilson introduced the field approximately
125 years ago. But during that time governance was only used in the context of managing
corporate organizations and higher education institutions. The discourse on governance has
only emerged in recent years, especially after various international financing institutions
required good governance in their various assistance programs. By United States state
administration theorists and practitioners, the term good governance is translated as
trustworthy governance, good governance, good and responsible government management,
some also interpret it narrowly as clean government (Sofyan Efendi, 2005: 2).
The most important difference between the concept of The difference between
government and governance lies in how political, economic and administrative authority is
exercised in the management of a nation's affairs. The concept of government connotes that
the role of government is more dominant in organizing various state authorities. Meanwhile,
governance means how a nation distributes power and manages resources and various
problems faced by society. In other words, the concept of governance contains democratic,
fair, transparent, rule of law, participatory and partnership elements (Sofyan Efendi, 2005:
2).
Then implicitly the word good in good governance itself contains two meanings; first,
values that uphold the will of the people and values that enhance the ability of the people to
achieve the goals of independence and social justice. Second, the functional aspect of
effective and efficient government in the performance of its duties to achieve these goals
(Tjahjanulin Domai, 2005: 6).
The principles underlying the concept of good governance vary greatly from institution
to institution, from expert to expert. However, there are at least a number of principles that
are considered to be the foundation of good governance, namely accountability,
transparency, and public participation. In addition, effective good governance requires
coordination and integrity, professionalism and a high work ethic and morale from the three
pillars of government, civil society and the private sector.
Governance assumes that there are many actors involved, none of which is so dominant
that it determines the actions of others. The first message of the term governance refutes the
formal understanding of the workings of state institutions. Governance recognizes that in
society there are many decision-making centers that operate at different levels. According to
UNDP, governance has three domains, namely (Sedarmayanti, 2009: 270):
State or governance (state);
The private sector or the business world and
(private sector;)
Society.
The three domains of governance are in the life of the nation, state and society. The
government sector plays more of a policy-making, controlling and supervisory role. The
private sector is more involved and is the driver of activities in the economic field.
Meanwhile, the community sector is both the object and subject of the government and
private sectors. Because it is in society that interactions occur in the political, economic and
socio-cultural fields (Wasistiono, 2009: 31).
Building, realizing / implementing good governance, is not only a matter of improving
the conditions and commitments of the bureaucracy and public administration, but also
improving the conditions and commitments of the business world and communities that
have various social groups with different conditions and interests. These three elements,
namely the government, the business world and the community must jointly / establish a
partnership relationship to realize the implementation of good governance.
Provision of quality basic social services by competent institutions, responsible and
accountable, is often seen as the embodiment of good governance. In governance, service
quality reflects the intersection of demand and supply and is a determining factor in
improving standards and quality of life.
The concept of partnership is important to discuss, because of the realization that
development issues can no longer be seen as the interests and responsibilities of one group
alone. Development has become a new awareness as a 'joint venture' and not a 'single
fighter' of the government alone.
It is no longer possible for the government to run all affairs due to limited funds and
human resources, so cooperation and partnerships with other parties must be carried out so
that the quality of public services can still be fulfilled in accordance with community
demands. The limited resources owned by the government in the implementation of
development and public services while the demands of the community on the quality of
public services are increasing. As a concept, government-business-community partnerships
are envisioned to improve the quality of public services.
Conclusions
Public, private and community partnerships need to be developed so that the provision
of public services becomes closer and more accessible to the community. Various models of
partnership networks need to be developed not only to anticipate the demands of public
services, but also to anticipate government or market dominance in the provision of public
goods and services.
Government domination will create dependency and minimize innovation and the
community's bargaining position on the quality of services provided. Conversely, market
dominance in the provision of public goods will lead to an exploitative monopoly and
minimize public access to quality public services. Therefore, the partnership network model
is an alternative to overcome these weaknesses so that quality public services become more
accessible to the community.
In cities around the world, governments have found that the involvement of the three
domains of public administration (public-private-community) can improve the quality of
public services, through lowering costs and expanding coverage. Such public services can
improve the quality of life of citizens.